IAP2 Canada / AIP2 Canada upcoming events

Applying Methods - Hosted by Engage Delaney (20 Apr 2026)

Mon, 20 Apr 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Applying Methods is a Level 2 course that focuses on exploring a variety of methods used in implementing public participation and engagement and considers how to design and integrate those methods into the public participation and engagement practice process. Participants will learn to select, assess and create effective elements of methods to work meaningfully with participants.

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

This is a 14 hour, trainer-led Delaney Virtual Academy. Zoom, Miro, and a digital course workbook are used, in addition to other applications, to make this a highly interactive and skills-based session. There are four, three and a half-hour sessions over four consecutive days. A course certificate is provided upon completion. Each daily session runs 9:30 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time; 12:30 p.m. – 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$795.00 + applicable tax - - Engage Delaney is offering a $100 bundle discount when you book the three IAP2 Certificate courses (Fundamentals of P2, Designing P2, and Applying Methods) with us. You can select the courses in a given 12-month period but must pay for all three courses at the same time.

Our Licensed Trainers:

Courses will be delivered by either of our licensed trainers Jessica Delaney or Kristi Merilees, ensuring expert guidance and continuity in every session. The assigned trainer will depend on availability and scheduling needs.

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

She provides clients with engagement, facilitation and strategic communications services in her strength sectors that include municipal government, sustainable housing, and healthcare. Jessica has planned, implemented and reported on over 100 comprehensive and inclusive engagements using a variety of in-person and online engagement techniques. Her approach to community, public, stakeholder and Indigenous engagement is to make it safe, inclusive, fun and practical.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Kristi is a senior engagement, and communications director with Engage Delaney and has vast experience in detailed engagement planning, client relations and project leadership and facilitation. She has planned, implemented, and reported on over 45 comprehensive engagements using both in-person and virtual engagement techniques for various sectors including government, industry, healthcare, and transportation. Kristi is skilled at collaborating and engaging seldom heard voices to create shared understanding and brings experience in professional communications and a collaborative facilitation style. Key experience includes detailed engagement planning, virtual and in-person facilitation of focus groups, workshops and other engagements, training, client relations, logistics, research, report writing, and the development of communications plans and products.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Colloque en participation publique 2026 - AQP2 (24 Apr 2026)

Fri, 24 Apr 2026 13:00:00 GMT

L'Association québécoise de participation publique (AQP2) vous invite à la troisième édition de son colloque en participation publique, qui se tiendra le 24 avril 2026 à la Maison du développement durable, à Montréal.

Se déroulant sur deux salles, la journée vous propose panels, études de cas, conférences et ateliers variées pour tous les secteurs.

Programmation :

Salle Clark

Panel - Mieux comprendre le questionnaire comme outil de participation publique, Alex Fortin d'Atelier Urbain
Panel - Innover en participation publique : regards croisés de municipalités, animé par Sophie Gelinas de Ville de Laval
Conférence et atelier - Si nous ne sommes pas là, la société continuera d’avancer sans nous : L'inclusion des personnes noires, racisées et autochtones dans la participation citoyenne municipale, Camille Esther Garon
Étude de cas - Cocréation de mesures d’adaptation face aux inondations : Conception et animation d’une démarche participative, incluant l’accompagnement à la mobilisation, Olivier Rinfret du Centre d'écologie urbaine et Liane Morin de l'Arrondissement d'Ahuntsic-Cartierville

Salle Ville-Marie

Conférence - Acceptabilité sociale et projets miniers : leçons apprises pour tout genre de démarche, Roxanne Breton de Transfert Environnement et Société
Étude de cas - Quand l’intervention sociale ouvre la voie à la participation publique : réflexions à partir du cas de la Table de quartier de Parc-Extension, Emanuel Guay de la Table de quartier de Parc-Extension
Atelier - Maîtriser la salle : atelier rotatif sur la gestion des personnalités et des dynamiques en participation publique, Marilyne Tremblay et Angeline Charron de BC2
Conférence - La participation publique peut-elle tenir ses promesses dans le cadre du développement des grands projets? Marie Rousseau

Prix lève-tôt membre (jusqu'au 27 mars): 155$
Membre: 175$
Prix lève-tôt non-membre (jusqu'au 27 mars): 225$
Non-membre: 245$
OBNL/personne aux études (écrivez-nous pour recevoir votre code): 95$

Tous les tarifs incluent le repas du midi.

Écrivez-nous au coordination@aqp2.ca pour toute question!

Politique d'annulation

Toutes les demandes d’annulation et de remboursement doivent être présentées par écrit à l’adresse coordination@aqp2.ca

Un remboursement complet sera effectué sur réception d’un avis écrit, au moins 10 jours avant l’événement, au plus tard à la fin de la journée du 14 mai 2025. Le cas échéant, l’AIP2 Canada émettra un remboursement et retiendra des frais administratifs de 30$.

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (27 Apr 2026)

Mon, 27 Apr 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Andrea Winkler is an accomplished public engagement professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private, and not-for-profit sectors across Canada. She has great appreciation for organizations that involve the public in decisions that will impact them and finds it incredibly meaningful to support their work.

She has worked with communities and stakeholder groups on a broad range of projects, including designing a new wastewater treatment plant, developing liquid waste regulations, and pedestrianizing a busy street in downtown Vancouver.

She has built the capacity of local governments to conduct meaningful public engagement through training, establishing corporate policies, creating engagement process guides, and coaching engagement teams.

Jennifer Beyer (she/her) has spent over two decades working on and thinking about community development and public and stakeholder engagement practices, approaches, and mental models. She believes we can tackle the challenges communities are facing through transformed policy development and community service delivery informed by real dialogue with citizens, especially equity-owed people, and true allyship with Indigenous Peoples.

Jen has designed and facilitated dialogues and decision-making at local, provincial, and national levels with nonprofit, public, and private groups. Topics she has worked on range from enhancing equity and inclusion in policing forces in Alberta and fire fighting forces across Canada, to addressing climate change and species at risk in Alberta, to changing nonprofit funding systems, to improving Justice systems for Indigenous people.

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 Apr 2026)

Tue, 28 Apr 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Apr 2026)

Wed, 29 Apr 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Apr 2026)

Thu, 30 Apr 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Webinar - A Maturity Model for Public Participation (30 Apr 2026)

Thu, 30 Apr 2026 17:00:00 GMT

A Maturity Model for Public Participation

How can we uphold core standards for meaningful public participation as governments and organizations increasingly scale engagement into policy and program development? This is the question Simon Fraser University’s Morris J. Wosk Centre for Dialogue tackled with the development of their new Maturity Model for Public Participation, a developmental assessment tool designed to support governments and organizations assess their engagement practice in relation to core principles and enhance their organizational capacity to consistently meet these standards.

In this interactive webinar tailored for engagement practitioners and consultants, learn how you can use the open-source Maturity Model to:

Develop an action plan to enhance organizational capacity for quality public participation;
Evaluate past engagement projects or scope potential projects; and
Advocate for the resources needed to support evidence-based engagement practices

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:15 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:15 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:15 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:15 am Pacific

About the presenters:

Nicole Armos is an Associate Director, Knowledge and Practice, at Simon Fraser University’s Morris J. Wosk Centre for Dialogue, where she works to advance innovative and equitable approaches to dialogue and democratic participation. Since 2013, Nicole has supported over a dozen local, provincial and federal public engagement projects. She was the lead analyst and writer of the Beyond Inclusion: Equity in Public Engagement project, and the Maturity Model for Public Participation in Canada.

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (04 May 2026)

Mon, 04 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

The focus of this course is on understanding and applying the practices of meaningful and effective public participation (P2). The training explores principles, concepts and best practices, and how to design and apply this knowledge to your public participation and engagement work.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (04 May 2026)

Mon, 04 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

Based on IAP2's internationally recognized Global Learning Pathway, this professional development certificate program builds on the foundations of public participation training and best practices from around the globe to provide participants with approximately 35 hours of effective training in public participation and engagement.

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

No problem! Just send us an email at training@iap2canada.ca, and we’ll help you register for all the courses in the Certificate bundle on dates that work for you, while still benefiting from the same discount!

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (04 May 2026)

Mon, 04 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

The focus of this course is on understanding and applying the practices of meaningful and effective public participation (P2). The training explores principles, concepts, and best practices, and how to design and apply this knowledge to your public participation and engagement work.

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

This is a seven-hour, trainer-led Engage Delaney virtual course. Zoom, Miro, and a digital course workbook and are used, in addition to other applications, to make this a highly interactive and skills-based session. There are two, three and a half-hour sessions over two consecutive days. A course certificate is provided upon completion. Each daily session runs 9:30 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time; 12:30 p.m. – 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$395.00 + applicable tax - Engage Delaney is offering a $100 bundle discount when you book the three IAP2 Certificate courses (Fundamentals of P2, Designing P2, and Applying Methods) with us. You can select the courses in a given 12-month period but must pay for all three courses at the same time.

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - In-Person, in Edmonton, AB - Hosted by Hyshka & Topolnisky (05 May 2026)

Tue, 05 May 2026 13:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in-person in Edmonton, AB. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$875.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kim Hyshka, CP3 is a trailblazer in high-stakes, high-impact engagement and communication and the powerhouse behind Dialogue Partners, a boutique public engagement consultancy. She doesn’t just facilitate conversations—she transforms them. With a deep passion for navigating complexity, Kim helps organizations, teams, communities, and leaders push beyond the status quo to create real, lasting change. Her expertise has shaped multi-million-dollar projects, influenced policy, and brought diverse voices to the table in meaningful ways.

As a speaker, trainer, and facilitator, Kim brings the principles of engagement and dialogue to life, inspiring participants to embrace bold, intentional conversations that matter. Whether tackling polarizing issues, navigating deep distrust or equipping leaders with the communication tools to strengthen relationships, Kim leaves participants energized, empowered, and ready to engage in dialogue that moves us (and our projects) forward.

Tannis Topolnisky, CP3 specializes in transforming clutter and chaos into clarity for complex engagement projects. With almost 25 years of experience and over 300 projects, she brings realistic and tangible strategies for dealing with common challenges faced by all of us in this practice. Tannis believes engagement is a team sport, bringing a collaborative and grounded presence to the classroom that transforms theory into tangible practice.

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 May 2026)

Tue, 05 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 May 2026)

Tue, 05 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized Course - Facilitating Groups - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 May 2026)

Wed, 06 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Register for any Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement course, hosted by IAP2 Canada and get a 15% discount on your registration for this course. Send us an email to training@iap2canada.ca and we will be happy to assist you!

Course Objectives:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes

By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

People beginning to facilitate in their P2/engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program

Our Licensed Trainer:

Amanda Mitchell has over fifteen years of experience designing public engagement processes that meaningfully involve the public in policy decisions. Her work is creative and attention-getting while also strategic and results-oriented. She thrives helping engagement practitioners fine-tune their skills.

Amanda is passionate about cities and the bulk of her experience has been with local governments. At the City of Vancouver, Amanda has worked with staff to increase their skills and confidence for public engagement. She has provided strategic advice on process design and implementation on over 75 projects from neighborhood land use plans to City-wide strategic plans like the Greenest City Action Plan.

As a trainer, Amanda creates a learning environment that is relevant, experiential and draws on the experience in the room. Learning is cemented through reflections and case study exercises. She draws on stories and uses humour and a variety of teaching methods to keep things fresh. Amanda has led trainings in Vancouver, North America, and Scandinavia.

Specialized course - Understanding Conflict in P2 and Engagement - In Person, In Edmonton, AB - Hosted by Hyshka and Topolnisky (07 May 2026)

Thu, 07 May 2026 15:00:00 GMT

The aim of Understanding Conflict and Engagement is to help you understand, and more effectively manage, conflict dynamics.

Course Objectives:

Explore a range of approaches for responding to difficult situations and challenging behaviours
Practice ways to respond to difficult situations
Explore the five dimensions of engagement conflict and ways and tools to anticipate and/or mitigate factors that might give rise to conflict
Understand the sources, types and factors that contribute to conflict in P2/engagement and the impact they may have on the process
Understand the role of power and influence in engagement practice
Understand and identify the cycle of escalation and the behaviours, attitudes and actions that are evident as conflict increases
Contribute to and/or apply strategies to de-escalate challenging situations
Identify how to build effective relationships and partnerships through empathy, active listening, respect and trust
Learn approaches to work in challenging situations applying behaviours that build trust and credibility
Consider the role of integrity and ethics in the conduct of the P2/engagement practitioner and how that is upheld in the process

Target Audience:

People facing conflict in their engagement practice.

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement, IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations program.

Cost:

$450.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle for Level 1 Practitioners - In-Person, in Vancouver - Hosted by Engage Delaney (11 May 2026)

Mon, 11 May 2026 15:30:00 GMT

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement (6 hours; Level 1)

This course focuses on understanding and applying the practices of meaningful and effective public participation. The training explores principles, concepts and best practices, and how to design and apply this knowledge to your public participation and engagement work.

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement (12 hours; Level 2)

In this module, practitioners have the opportunity to develop public participation and engagement practice plans. This includes scoping, community mapping, determining purpose and objectives and levels of influence, choosing appropriate methods and managing resources, while considering the needs of diverse audiences.

3. Applying Methods (12 hours; Level 2)

The focus of this course is on exploring a variety of methods used in implementing public participation and engagement. Participants will learn to select, assess and create effective elements of methods to work meaningfully with participants.

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training program delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer. It is delivered in person in Vancouver, BC by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$2150.00 + tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 May 2026)

Mon, 11 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Designing & Leading Engagement is a Level 2 course that introduces practitioners to the design and plan phases of the practice framework, providing them with the opportunity to develop public participation and engagement practice plans. This includes scoping, community mapping, determining purpose and objectives and levels of influence, choosing appropriate methods and managing resources, while considering the needs of diverse audiences.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tracey Ehl brings groups together to explore ideas, opportunities and issues. She approaches public participation as a learning process, for everyone. This is based on a belief that individual and collective learning hold great potential for positive, transformative change.

Tracey has over two decades of professional experience in facilitation, public and stakeholder engagement, environmental communications and environmental and strategic planning. Tracey’s energetic and attentive style has assisted communities locally and internationally to develop supported, realistic solutions and achieve shared goals. Her project involvement has focused on complex projects in the areas of energy, sustainability, public water system management, municipal planning, transportation and public transit, waste management, wastewater infrastructure, and community development. Within these projects, Tracey has designed, led and documented hundreds of events and processes to meet the unique needs of each client and the affected stakeholder groups, while managing controversy, outrage and budget limitations, multiple agendas and influences beyond the project.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 May 2026)

Mon, 11 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (12 May 2026)

Tue, 12 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (12 May 2026)

Tue, 12 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (13 May 2026)

Wed, 13 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (13 May 2026)

Wed, 13 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (14 May 2026)

Thu, 14 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (14 May 2026)

Thu, 14 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (19 May 2026)

Tue, 19 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique est un cours de Niveau 2 qui familiarise les praticiens avec les phases de conception et de planification du cadre de pratique. Il leur offre l'opportunité de développer des plans de pratique de participation et de mobilisation du public, incluant la définition des contours, la cartographie communautaire, la détermination du but et des objectifs, des niveaux d'influence, le choix de méthodes appropriées, et la gestion des ressources, tout en tenant compte des besoins de divers publics.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et hébergé par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo Mimee, CP3, Professionnel de la participation publique, a une solide expérience de près de 25 ans comme professionnel en participation citoyenne et consultation publique, mais aussi en relations avec les communautés et en animation et facilitation de rencontres. Il a obtenu en 2020 la certification professionnelle en participation publique (CP3). Hugo est formateur en participation publique, notamment dans des contextes difficiles et s’intéresse particulièrement à l’intégration sociale des projets dans leurs communautés d’accueil.

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture) et a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université du Québec à Montréal (UQAM) à la maîtrise en gestion de projets, administrateur sur le conseil d’administration de Connexion nature et membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Webinar - Community Assembly | A Boulder Future - Hosted by IAP2 USA (19 May 2026)

Tue, 19 May 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Webinar: Community Assembly | A Boulder Future

The City of Boulder and Boulder County piloted a Community Assembly in 2025 as part of the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan update. Join City engagement staff to learn how this representative, deliberative model influenced the plan and to explore lessons learned for practitioners seeking new approaches to complex challenges through inclusive engagement.

Organization: Aboulderfuture.org

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:00 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:00 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:00 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:00 am Pacific

Presenters: Vivian Castro-Wooldridge, Planning Engagement Strategist and Brenda Ritenour, Community Engagement Manager | City of Boulder

Vivian Castro-Wooldridge is an urban planner and civic engagement strategist with two decades of experience advancing participatory governance and inclusive urban development. She currently serves as Engagement Strategist for the City of Boulder, Colorado’s Planning Department, where she co-managed Boulder’s first Community Assembly. Previously, Vivian spent 15 years with the Asian Development Bank and the World Bank, leading municipal infrastructure and policy initiatives across Africa and the Asia-Pacific. Her work focused on strengthening local governance, advancing sustainable urban services, and building inclusive planning processes.

Brenda Ritenour (she/her) has worked at the City of Boulder for almost nine years. She co-leads a team focused on building trusting relationships between community members and city staff, amplifying historically excluded voices, and helping neighbors connect to each other in positive ways. She supports the citywide culture of meaningful and inclusive engagement processes, and was the Moderator for the city’s first Community Assembly. Previously, she was the Community Engagement Manager at the Denver Public Library. She holds a bachelor’s degree from Pepperdine University and an MFA in Theater Directing from the Actors Studio at the New School for Social Research in New York City. Born and raised in Colorado, she loves spending time outdoors - skiing, hiking, and camping with her husband, son and two dogs.

This is webinar is sponsored by Social Pinpoint

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (20 May 2026)

Wed, 20 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et hébergé par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (21 May 2026)

Thu, 21 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et hébergé par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (22 May 2026)

Fri, 22 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et hébergé par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Neill (25 May 2026)

Mon, 25 May 2026 15:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Cost:

$350.00 + applicable tax

Our Trainers:

Kirsty Neill has served the public sector for 16 years, both as staff for a municipal government and as a consultant providing public engagement services to a range of rural, large urban and small urban communities. She is experienced in strategic communications, stakeholder relations, issues management, and project management.

Kirsty believes that the experience participants have of your process and events, is the experience they have of your project. Understanding this and applying it to developing engagement opportunities is critical to meaningful engagement. She designs and implements engagement strategies to support key project outcomes and to build strong, trusting relationships between organizations, project teams and communities. Kirsty has facilitated productive dialogue between project teams and communities across a wide variety of public service areas, including community planning, transportation and water infrastructure, waste management, recreation, open-space, and municipal policy and financing.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by Neill (25 May 2026)

Mon, 25 May 2026 15:00:00 GMT

Based on IAP2's internationally recognized Global Learning Pathway, this professional development certificate program builds on the foundations of public participation training and best practices from around the globe to provide participants with approximately 30 hours of effective training in public participation and engagement.

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement (7 hours)

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement (14 hours)

3. Applying Methods (14 hours)

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training program delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Dates

February 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10-12

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$1,750.00 + tax

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course - Understanding People and Communities - Hosted by McCallum (25 May 2026)

Mon, 25 May 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Learn about and apply deep understanding and insights into the people and communities involved in P2/engagement processes, in order to make the processes more meaningful and effective. This course provides an introduction to working with diversity, equity and inclusion in P2/engagement.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify and apply an approach for understanding people and communities for P2/Engagement processes
Reflect on factors of cultural competence and cultural humility and assess your practice and approach against the factors to identify areas of strength and growth
Apply a variety of analysis and mapping tools to understand diversity and map values
Identify ways to increase access and centre equity by reducing barriers to participation
Reflect on how to build rapport, trust and relationships with people and communities and apply and assess approaches in a P2/engagement scenario
Assess and apply diversity and values mapping to planning and implementation of meaningful and effective P2/engagement across the Practice Framework

Target Audience:

Practitioners building their skills to contribute to meaningful P2/engagement processes

Practitioners who want to understand and apply aspects of equity, diversity and inclusion to their P2/engagement programs

Practitioners and allied professionals who are looking to build their skills in understanding who to engage in meaningful P2/engagement

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$275.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

is a facilitator, coach, trainer and leader of the most difficult conversations of our lives, and the Chief Storm Rider at the Courageous Leadership Project. She is author of the recently released book Leading Together: How Brave, Honest Conversations Can Transform Our Lives, Organizations and Communities (available November 17, 2022). With her heart on her sleeve and a deep breath for courage, she wades into the messy, important, beautiful conversations that can bring us together - or tear us apart. Her work in conflict transformation has taken her to 5 continents, leading brave, honest conversations to solve the challenges in our lives, organizations and communities – together. Steph is a trained Co-Active Leadership coach, a Certified Professional Facilitator and a Certified NeuroTransformational Coach. She is an IAP2 Trainer, course developer and co-lead of curriculum development for the new IAP2 Global Learning Pathway being launched in 2023. Steph believes that brave, honest conversations are how we solve the challenges in our world, together.

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (25 May 2026)

Mon, 25 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kim Hyshka, CP3 is a believer that just about anything is possible with a little dialogue. She’s on a mission, to chart a different course for public conversations, better conversations that open possibility, cultivate collaboration and spark change through dialogue. With over 10 years working in the field of engagement, she has developed a passion for designing and facilitating conversations that matter and creating engagement experiences where participants feel valued, relationships are built and initiatives and projects move forward. You’ll find her in the midst of both large and small-scale projects, bringing experience facilitating community forums in large urban centers or walking pipelines with Elders in the remote wilderness.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (25 May 2026)

Mon, 25 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (26 May 2026)

Tue, 26 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (26 May 2026)

Tue, 26 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (27 May 2026)

Wed, 27 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (27 May 2026)

Wed, 27 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Neill (28 May 2026)

Thu, 28 May 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Dates:

May 28, 29 and June 1

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$750.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 May 2026)

Thu, 28 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 May 2026)

Thu, 28 May 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

04 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

11 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
12 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
13 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
14 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

25 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
26 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
28 May 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Webinar - Internal Strategy, External Output: Building a Public Engagement Improvement Flywheel (28 May 2026)

Thu, 28 May 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Internal Strategy, External Output: Building a Public Engagement Improvement Flywheel

Building effective public engagement systems that grow on their own takes meticulous planning, work, and a lot of tweaking. Building a Public Engagement Flywheel is an overview of almost 3 years of work we put into building a connected process of continuous improvement for public engagement at the city. We'll discuss what a flywheel is, why we used it, managing decentralized engagement networks in your organization, and ideas on automating the work to free up time.

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:15 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:15 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:15 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:15 am Pacific

About the presenters:

Andrew Kuttain is an interdisciplinary strategist who combines lessons and skills from various fields like public speaking, speechwriting, strategy development, facilitation, communications, public engagement, diversity & inclusion, design thinking and more into a flexible approach to building capacity in people and organizations. Previously, he was the Public Engagement & Diversity Specialist for the City of Ottawa, where he built the foundations of public engagement behind the scenes. He currently works in Change Management for Children's Services, where he supports transformation work and applies his knowledge of consultations internally.

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/andrewpk1994/

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Jun 2026)

Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Jun 2026)

Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by Neill (02 Jun 2026)

Tue, 02 Jun 2026 15:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$750.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Jun 2026)

Tue, 02 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Jun 2026)

Tue, 02 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (02 Jun 2026)

Tue, 02 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - In-Person, in Halifax, NS - Hosted by Hyshka (03 Jun 2026)

Wed, 03 Jun 2026 12:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 2 Practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation. Learn more

The focus of this course is on understanding and applying the practices of meaningful and effective public participation (P2). The training explores principles, concepts and best practices, and how to design and apply this knowledge to your public participation and engagement work.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and describe its relationship with communication
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful and reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to P2/engagement
Identify the role that values play in challenging public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice.
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to challenging engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of Engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization led and community led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to challenging public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework as a tool for effective planning and process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the concept of inter-cultural engagement
Explore the role of power and influence in challenging engagement contexts and its impacts to our work.

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in-person in Halifax, NS. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

None

Cost:

$400.00 + applicable tax

Our Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - In-Person, in Halifax, NS - Hosted by Hyshka (03 Jun 2026)

Wed, 03 Jun 2026 12:00:00 GMT

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement

3. Applying Methods

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training program delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer. It is delivered in person in Regina, SK by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$2150.00 + tax

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Transforming P2 and Engagement Culture - Hosted by McCallum (03 Jun 2026)

Wed, 03 Jun 2026 16:00:00 GMT

This is a course about growing, influencing, and building a culture of P2/engagement inside an organisation, for more effective and meaningful P2/engagement practice.

Practitioners who work in and with organisations will learn to identify and assess the attributes of an engaging organisation and develop a plan to act as change agents to undertake transformational leadership to grow and expand P2/engagement culture.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course participants will be able to:

Discover and apply the practice and commitments of an engagement-centered organisation
Identify the steps on the development continuum for a culture of engagement and assess organisation(s) against those steps
Identify and apply the factors of meaningful engagement in organisational culture
Explain the necessary components to build organisational competence
Apply a range of models and tools to assess an organisation’s capability and culture of engagement
Discover the practitioner’s role in leading culture change in communities and organisations and practice skills and knowledge
Consider and reflect on strategies for building an engaging organisation
Build a plan for working with others to transform engagement culture

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement or IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$499.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Designing P2 and Engagement - In-Person, in Halifax, NS - Hosted by Hyshka (04 Jun 2026)

Thu, 04 Jun 2026 12:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in-person in Halifax, NS. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$875.00 + applicable tax

Our Trainers:

Specialized Course - Transforming P2 and Engagement Culture - Hosted by McCallum (04 Jun 2026)

Thu, 04 Jun 2026 16:00:00 GMT

This is a course about growing, influencing, and building a culture of P2/engagement inside an organisation, for more effective and meaningful P2/engagement practice.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course participants will be able to:

Discover and apply the practice and commitments of an engagement-centered organisation
Identify the steps on the development continuum for a culture of engagement and assess organisation(s) against those steps
Identify and apply the factors of meaningful engagement in organisational culture
Explain the necessary components to build organisational competence
Apply a range of models and tools to assess an organisation’s capability and culture of engagement
Discover the practitioner’s role in leading culture change in communities and organisations and practice skills and knowledge
Consider and reflect on strategies for building an engaging organisation
Build a plan for working with others to transform engagement culture

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement or IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$499.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Applying Methods - In-Person, in Halifax, NS - Hosted by Hyshka (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 12:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in-person in Halifax, NS. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$875.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Appliquer les méthodes est un cours de niveau 2 axé sur l'exploration de diverses méthodes utilisées dans la mise en œuvre de la participation et de la mobilisation du public, et examine comment concevoir et intégrer ces méthodes dans le processus de pratique de la participation et de la mobilisation du public. Les participants apprendront à sélectionner, évaluer et créer des éléments efficaces de méthodes pour travailler de manière significative avec les participants.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tannis Topolnisky, CP3

over 20 years of public engagement experience and has been a licensed trainer of the IAP2 Foundations and IAP2 for Decision Makers courses since 2011. She has worked in a variety of areas such as legislation, policy and program development, health, contaminated sites, heritage conservation, municipal budgeting, land use planning, affordable housing, education and more. Tannis has diverse experience engaging communities, interest groups, non-government organizations, professional and industry associations, academics, patient groups and Indigenous peoples. She often finds herself planning and facilitating projects where there are potential impacts to health, livelihood, relationships, community and quality of life.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$795.00 + applicable tax - Engage Delaney is offering a $100 bundle discount when you book the three IAP2 Certificate courses (Fundamentals of P2, Designing P2, and Applying Methods) with us. You can select the courses in a given 12-month period but must pay for all three courses at the same time.

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Quinn-Nichols (08 Jun 2026)

Mon, 08 Jun 2026 22:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Course Dates:

June 8,15,22,29, 2026

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Cost:

$350.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Patricia Quinn-Nichols is a seasoned professional with over 20 years of experience (16 yrs in municipal government) leading or supporting diverse community-focused initiatives. Known for her ability to navigate complexity and align diverse stakeholder interests, Patricia consistently delivers results on high-profile projects with defined timelines. Her values-driven leadership is rooted in integrity, inclusiveness, and collaboration. Patricia’s deep understanding of the significance of meaningful engagement and the critical role people play in shaping decisions, actions, and outcomes has been central to her success in achieving positive, lasting results.

Patricia has collaborated with organizations on projects that have garnered both national and international acclaim, including receiving the IAP2 Canada 2014 Organization of the Year Award and the IAF Platinum Facilitation Impact Award. Working in both municipal government and consulting, she has spearheaded significant initiatives in engagement, facilitation, project management, change management, organizational transformation, and strategy and policy review and development.

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (09 Jun 2026)

Tue, 09 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Jun 2026)

Tue, 09 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tannis Topolnisky, CP3

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Jun 2026)

Tue, 09 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized course - Understanding Conflict in P2 and Engagement - In Person, In Halifax, NS - Hosted by Hyshka (10 Jun 2026)

Wed, 10 Jun 2026 12:00:00 GMT

The aim of Understanding Conflict and Engagement is to help you understand, and more effectively manage, conflict dynamics.

Course Objectives:

Explore a range of approaches for responding to difficult situations and challenging behaviours
Practice ways to respond to difficult situations
Explore the five dimensions of engagement conflict and ways and tools to anticipate and/or mitigate factors that might give rise to conflict
Understand the sources, types and factors that contribute to conflict in P2/engagement and the impact they may have on the process
Understand the role of power and influence in engagement practice
Understand and identify the cycle of escalation and the behaviours, attitudes and actions that are evident as conflict increases
Contribute to and/or apply strategies to de-escalate challenging situations
Identify how to build effective relationships and partnerships through empathy, active listening, respect and trust
Learn approaches to work in challenging situations applying behaviours that build trust and credibility
Consider the role of integrity and ethics in the conduct of the P2/engagement practitioner and how that is upheld in the process

Target Audience:

People facing conflict in their engagement practice.

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement, IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations program.

Cost:

$450.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainer:

Kim Hyshka, CP3

is a believer that just about anything is possible with a little dialogue. She’s on a mission, to chart a different course for public conversations, better conversations that open possibility, cultivate collaboration and spark change through dialogue. With over 10 years working in the field of engagement, she has developed a passion for designing and facilitating conversations that matter and creating engagement experiences where participants feel valued, relationships are built and initiatives and projects move forward. You’ll find her in the midst of both large and small-scale projects, bringing experience facilitating community forums in large urban centers or walking pipelines with Elders in the remote wilderness.

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (10 Jun 2026)

Wed, 10 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Jun 2026)

Wed, 10 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tannis Topolnisky, CP3

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Jun 2026)

Wed, 10 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (11 Jun 2026)

Thu, 11 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 Jun 2026)

Thu, 11 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tannis Topolnisky, CP3

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 Jun 2026)

Thu, 11 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - In-Person, in Kelowna - Hosted by Engage Delaney (15 Jun 2026)

Mon, 15 Jun 2026 15:30:00 GMT

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement (6 hours; Level 1)

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement (12 hours; Level 2)

3. Applying Methods (12 hours; Level 2)

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training program delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer. It is delivered in person in Kelowna, BC by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$2150.00 + tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (15 Jun 2026)

Mon, 15 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

The focus of this course is on de-escalating and shifting conflict and high emotion to constructive participation, where forward momentum and resolution is possible. Participants will gain a deep understanding of the state of conflict, and work with practical, tangible approaches to de-escalate and transform challenges. Over the course, we will cover tools, strategies and ways of working to resolve polarized and emotional challenges.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (16 Jun 2026)

Tue, 16 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Cours Specialisé - Comprendre le conflit en participation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (16 Jun 2026)

Tue, 16 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

L’objectif du cours Comprendre le conflit en participation publique est de vous aider à comprendre et à mieux gérer les dynamiques de conflits. Ce cours met l’accent sur le développement des compétences des participantes et participants pour identifier et atténuer les situations de tension et de conflit dans leur travail en participation publique.

Intéressé·e par ce cours, mais vous n’avez pas encore complété le prérequis?

Inscrivez-vous au cours Principes fondamenatux de la participation publique le mars 31-avril 1, 2026 et obtenez 15 % de rabais sur votre inscription à ce cours. Écrivez-nous à training@iap2canada.ca et il nous fera plaisir de vous accompagner!

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les personnes participantes seront en mesure de :

Explorer diverses approches pour répondre aux situations et comportements difficiles;
Mettre en pratique des méthodes pour réagir aux situations difficiles;
Explorer les cinq dimensions du conflit en participation publique et les moyens et outils permettant d’anticiper et/ou d’atténuer les facteurs susceptibles de les engendrer;
Comprendre les sources, les types et les facteurs qui contribuent aux conflits en participation publique et leur impact potentiel sur le processus;
Comprendre le rôle du pouvoir et de l’influence dans la pratique de la participation publique;
Comprendre et identifier le cycle d’escalade ainsi que les comportements, attitudes et actions qui se manifestent à mesure que le conflit s’intensifie;
Contribuer à l’élaboration et/ou à la mise en œuvre de stratégies pour désamorcer les situations difficiles;
Identifier comment établir des relations et des partenariats efficaces grâce à l’empathie, l’écoute active, le respect et la confiance;
Apprendre de nouvelles approches pour travailler en situation difficile en adoptant des comportements qui renforcent la confiance et la crédibilité;
Évaluer le rôle de l’intégrité et de l’éthique dans la conduite du praticien·ne en participation publique et comment elles sont respectées dans le processus.

Public cible :

Personnes confrontées à des conflits dans leur pratique de mobilisation publique.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Facilitating Groups - Hosted by Hyshka (17 Jun 2026)

Wed, 17 Jun 2026 15:00:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes
By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program

Cost:

$400.00 + applicable tax

Our Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by A. Shaw (17 Jun 2026)

Wed, 17 Jun 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$395.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Amelia Shaw is an award-winning consultation strategist, practitioner, professional facilitator and capacity builder. Over the past twenty-plus years Amelia has been successfully involved in the development of major policies, projects and plans from strategic design, to initiating and facilitating inclusive processes, and implementation. She has worked with governments, public organizations, nonprofits and private companies in multiple sectors including community development, education, governance, labour, land-use planning, transit and transportation. Her ultimate goal, with any P2 project/process, is to find an innovative approach that supports both community and organizational values and objectives and leads to helpful deliverables and a positive outcome. Her solutions have earned international recognition, including an IAP2 Core Values Award for Innovation

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (17 Jun 2026)

Wed, 17 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Cours Specialisé - Comprendre le conflit en participation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (17 Jun 2026)

Wed, 17 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Intéressé·e par ce cours, mais vous n’avez pas encore complété le prérequis?

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les personnes participantes seront en mesure de :

Explorer diverses approches pour répondre aux situations et comportements difficiles;
Mettre en pratique des méthodes pour réagir aux situations difficiles;
Explorer les cinq dimensions du conflit en participation publique et les moyens et outils permettant d’anticiper et/ou d’atténuer les facteurs susceptibles de les engendrer;
Comprendre les sources, les types et les facteurs qui contribuent aux conflits en participation publique et leur impact potentiel sur le processus;
Comprendre le rôle du pouvoir et de l’influence dans la pratique de la participation publique;
Comprendre et identifier le cycle d’escalade ainsi que les comportements, attitudes et actions qui se manifestent à mesure que le conflit s’intensifie;
Contribuer à l’élaboration et/ou à la mise en œuvre de stratégies pour désamorcer les situations difficiles;
Identifier comment établir des relations et des partenariats efficaces grâce à l’empathie, l’écoute active, le respect et la confiance;
Apprendre de nouvelles approches pour travailler en situation difficile en adoptant des comportements qui renforcent la confiance et la crédibilité;
Évaluer le rôle de l’intégrité et de l’éthique dans la conduite du praticien·ne en participation publique et comment elles sont respectées dans le processus.

Public cible :

Personnes confrontées à des conflits dans leur pratique de mobilisation publique.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (18 Jun 2026)

Thu, 18 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Webinar - Building Engagement Strategies for Capital Projects & Construction Disruptions - Hosted by IAP2 USA (18 Jun 2026)

Thu, 18 Jun 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Webinar: Building Engagement Strategies for Capital Projects & Construction Disruptions

Municipal construction projects often challenge public patience. This webinar provides a step-by-step approach to engagement and communication for major builds, renovations, and infrastructure disruptions. Participants will learn how to set realistic expectations, share progress updates, reduce frustration, and maintain community support through targeted, transparent engagement strategies.

Presenter: Kathryn Kolaczek

Organization: Alchemy Communications

Title: CEO & Senior Communications Strategist

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:00 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:00 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:00 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:00 am Pacific

This is webinar is sponsored by Social Pinpoint

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Jun 2026)

Mon, 22 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Jun 2026)

Mon, 22 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by Engage Delaney (22 Jun 2026)

Mon, 22 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney is a seasoned engagement and communications professional with 15 years of experience working with government, private and not-for-profit sectors.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Jun 2026)

Tue, 23 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Jun 2026)

Tue, 23 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Jun 2026)

Wed, 24 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Jun 2026)

Wed, 24 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (25 Jun 2026)

Thu, 25 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (25 Jun 2026)

Thu, 25 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

22 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
25 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Webinar - Evaluating Risk in Public Participation and Engagement (25 Jun 2026)

Thu, 25 Jun 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Evaluating Risk in Public Participation and Engagement

Every P2/engagement process carries inherent risks, whether in the planning, implementation, or decision-making phases. From the earliest planning stages to implementation and beyond, risks can arise from people dynamics, change impacts, and engagement processes.

Join us for an insightful session where we’ll explore how to identify, assess, and manage risks for an engagement initiative. We’ll focus on four key risk areas and share practical strategies to ensure your consultations are appropriately scaled to the complexity of the issue at hand.

In this webinar, you’ll gain:

An understanding of change impact risks and how they shape your engagement strategy.
Insights into assessing the readiness of impacted parties, why it matters, and how to support it.
Tools to anticipate and mitigate risks in decision-making and stakeholder interactions.
Examples of how engagement risks can affect planning and implementation.

Whether you're designing a new engagement process or refining an existing one, this session will equip you with tools to build trust, foster understanding, and support stakeholders through change.

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:15 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:15 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:15 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:15 am Pacific

About the presenters:

Tracey Sexton is the Manager of Engagement at the BC Financial Services Authority. With over 20 years of experience spanning financial services, banking, mining, and tourism, she is a strategic communications and engagement leader who guides consultations for British Columbia’s financial services sector regulator. Tracey holds a Master of Arts in Professional Communication, as well as certifications in Project Management, Public Participation (IAP2 Canada), and Advanced Facilitation. She is passionate about fostering meaningful engagement that leads to better, more inclusive decision-making. Her work focuses on building understanding, trust, and stronger consumer protection.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Jun 2026)

Mon, 29 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Jun 2026)

Mon, 29 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Shawn Bravender (CP3) is especially grateful to be one of Canada’s trendsetting Certified Public Participation Professionals and is proud to hold the CP3 designation. With over 24 years of experience, Shawn's approach is through mindful community engagement design and implementation, strategic communication, expert facilitation and sound advice. Throughout his career, Shawn has been privileged to work with exceptional P2 professionals and contribute to meaningful engagement outcomes for effective decision making throughout Alberta and across Canada. From Regional Planning to neighbourhood street design and from explosive open houses with over 1,500 “passionate” attendees to strategic interviews, Shawn loves to help the public, Indigenous communities and stakeholder groups face challenges, overcome obstacles, and ultimately grow!

With experience in leading teams and planning engagement projects from the high-level to the fine grained, Shawn understands a project needs a strong technical foundation as well as community support to succeed. Much of his work has included dealing with emotional dysregulation and outrage. As a skilled facilitator and an engaging public speaker, Shawn’s well-rounded approach and ability combines communications, planning, and engineering with community engagement that instils confidence in clients and results in successful projects.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Jun 2026)

Tue, 30 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Jun 2026)

Tue, 30 Jun 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Quinn-Nichols (06 Jul 2026)

Mon, 06 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Designing P2 and Engagement introduces practitioners to the design and plan phases of the practice framework, providing them with the opportunity to develop public participation and engagement practice plans. This includes scoping, community mapping, determining purpose and objectives and levels of influence, choosing appropriate methods and managing resources, while considering the needs of diverse audiences.

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Dates:

July 6, 7, 8, 9, 2026

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$775.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Facilitator details coming soon

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 Jul 2026)

Mon, 06 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 Jul 2026)

Mon, 06 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Jul 2026)

Tue, 07 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Jul 2026)

Tue, 07 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by A. Shaw (08 Jul 2026)

Wed, 08 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$395.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Jul 2026)

Wed, 08 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Jul 2026)

Wed, 08 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Jul 2026)

Thu, 09 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Jul 2026)

Thu, 09 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (13 Jul 2026)

Mon, 13 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Mary Moreland has been a bilingual trainer for IAP2’s certificate courses since 2005. A former career public servant with Canada’s federal government, she has more than 20 years of experience contributing to national initiatives such as the creation of the Canadian Biotechnology Advisory Committee; the National Innovation and Learning Engagement Strategy; and coordinating outreach activities at the UN Climate Change Conference in Montreal.

Important to Mary’s evolving public participation practice has been adapting Design Thinking engagement methods to regulatory, program and policy projects, with a particular emphasis on how to improve the delivery of services to Canadians, residents, or industry. To cap off this introduction, an important part of IAP2’s training for Mary is the opportunity to learn from participants as they share their experiences or reflect on how they might improve their engagements from what they are learning from their IAP2 courses and from their peers.

Specialized Course - Strategies for Complex P2 and Engagement - Hosted by McCallum (14 Jul 2026)

Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

The focus of this course is about introducing a model for identifying complexity in engagement and a framework for strategies to manage complexity more effectively over time.

Course Objectives:

Demonstrate an understanding of the drivers of complexity and complex theory
Describe the characteristics of complexity within an engagement process
Identify the key sources of complexity for an engagement process
Identify and apply a range of strategies for dealing with complex engagement
Demonstrate critical thinking in choosing strategies that are purposeful, context-appropriate, responsive and iterative, and which meet the Core Values
Demonstrate an ability to build robust engagement strategies
Design an engagement plan which describes how strategies are used and when
Complete a risk management analysis
Map how complexity may change across a project or an organisation over time

Target Audience:

Participants who have completed a pre-requisite course from the IAP2 Way
Participants should be Level 3 practitioners with a minimum of 5 years of experience in:
- leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
- managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
- managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
- Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes across a range of contexts and sectors

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499

Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (14 Jul 2026)

Tue, 14 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Strategies for Complex P2 and Engagement - Hosted by McCallum (16 Jul 2026)

Thu, 16 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

The focus of this course is about introducing a model for identifying complexity in engagement and a framework for strategies to manage complexity more effectively over time.

Course Objectives:

Demonstrate an understanding of the drivers of complexity and complex theory
Describe the characteristics of complexity within an engagement process
Identify the key sources of complexity for an engagement process
Identify and apply a range of strategies for dealing with complex engagement
Demonstrate critical thinking in choosing strategies that are purposeful, context-appropriate, responsive and iterative, and which meet the Core Values
Demonstrate an ability to build robust engagement strategies
Design an engagement plan which describes how strategies are used and when
Complete a risk management analysis
Map how complexity may change across a project or an organisation over time

Target Audience:

Participants who have completed a pre-requisite course from the IAP2 Way
Participants should be Level 3 practitioners with a minimum of 5 years of experience in:
- leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
- managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
- managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
- Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes across a range of contexts and sectors

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499

Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (20 Jul 2026)

Mon, 20 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (20 Jul 2026)

Mon, 20 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Tracey Ehl works with clients and communities locally and globally to explore ideas, opportunities and issues. She approaches public participation as a people centred, learning and capacity building opportunity for positive and transformative change. Tracey has over two decades of professional experience in facilitation, public and community engagement, environmental communications and environmental and strategic planning. Her project involvement has focused on complex projects in the areas of energy, sustainability, public water system management, municipal planning, transportation and public transit, waste management, wastewater infrastructure, and community development. Tracey has designed, led and documented hundreds of events and processes to meet the unique needs of each client and the interested and affected publics, while effectively managing resource limitations, competing agendas and influences beyond the project. Tracey is a small business owner, and an active volunteer, who loves meeting new people and experiencing new places.

Specialized Course - Strategies for Complex P2 and Engagement - Hosted by McCallum (21 Jul 2026)

Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

The focus of this course is about introducing a model for identifying complexity in engagement and a framework for strategies to manage complexity more effectively over time.

Course Objectives:

Demonstrate an understanding of the drivers of complexity and complex theory
Describe the characteristics of complexity within an engagement process
Identify the key sources of complexity for an engagement process
Identify and apply a range of strategies for dealing with complex engagement
Demonstrate critical thinking in choosing strategies that are purposeful, context-appropriate, responsive and iterative, and which meet the Core Values
Demonstrate an ability to build robust engagement strategies
Design an engagement plan which describes how strategies are used and when
Complete a risk management analysis
Map how complexity may change across a project or an organisation over time

Target Audience:

Participants who have completed a pre-requisite course from the IAP2 Way
Participants should be Level 3 practitioners with a minimum of 5 years of experience in:
- leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
- managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
- managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
- Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes across a range of contexts and sectors

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499

Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Jul 2026)

Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Jul 2026)

Tue, 21 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Jul 2026)

Wed, 22 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Jul 2026)

Wed, 22 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Specialized Course - Strategies for Complex P2 and Engagement - Hosted by McCallum (23 Jul 2026)

Thu, 23 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

The focus of this course is about introducing a model for identifying complexity in engagement and a framework for strategies to manage complexity more effectively over time.

Course Objectives:

Demonstrate an understanding of the drivers of complexity and complex theory
Describe the characteristics of complexity within an engagement process
Identify the key sources of complexity for an engagement process
Identify and apply a range of strategies for dealing with complex engagement
Demonstrate critical thinking in choosing strategies that are purposeful, context-appropriate, responsive and iterative, and which meet the Core Values
Demonstrate an ability to build robust engagement strategies
Design an engagement plan which describes how strategies are used and when
Complete a risk management analysis
Map how complexity may change across a project or an organisation over time

Target Audience:

Participants who have completed a pre-requisite course from the IAP2 Way
Participants should be Level 3 practitioners with a minimum of 5 years of experience in:
- leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
- managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
- managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
- Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes across a range of contexts and sectors

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499

Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Jul 2026)

Thu, 23 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

29 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
30 June 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

06 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

20 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 July 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Jul 2026)

Thu, 23 Jul 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by A. Shaw (27 Jul 2026)

Mon, 27 Jul 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Designing P2 and Engagement is a Level 2 course that introduces practitioners to the design and plan phases of the practice framework, providing them with the opportunity to develop public participation and engagement practice plans. This includes scoping, community mapping, determining purpose and objectives and levels of influence, choosing appropriate methods and managing resources, while considering the needs of diverse audiences.

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$750.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by Quinn-Nichols (10 Aug 2026)

Mon, 10 Aug 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$775.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Webinar - Beyond ‘Who Came?’: How One Simple Lens Revealed Who We Weren’t Hearing: Using social vulnerability to design engagement that enables—not just invites. (27 Aug 2026)

Thu, 27 Aug 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Beyond ‘Who Came?’: How One Simple Lens Revealed Who We Weren’t Hearing

Using social vulnerability to design engagement that enables—not just invites.

Across most municipalities, engagement often reflects who can participate—not necessarily those most affected by the decision. Edmonton wanted to deepen its practice by designing proactively for residents whose circumstances may limit their capacity to demand a service, adapt to change, or participate at all. This concept of social vulnerability—the lived conditions that shape a person’s ability to engage—is now reshaping how the City approaches public participation.

This webinar explores how Edmonton is integrating a social vulnerability lens into engagement planning—an approach that moves beyond generic outreach to understand where participation barriers may be higher and why. By adapting a version of the Social Vulnerability Index (SVI)—originally developed for disaster response—the City began using data to anticipate barriers before engagement begins. This aligns with Edmonton’s Public Engagement Policy (C593D), which calls for equity-based, data-driven, proactive, and continuously improving engagement.

Rather than offering a step-by-step formula, the session shares the mindset behind the work: how a simple data lens can illuminate who is most affected, guide decisions about where to show up, and support more intentional, meaningful participation.

Through examples from the Public Washroom Strategy, Community Sandbox Program, and Sidewalk Maintenance Strategy, participants will see how vulnerability mapping revealed patterns that traditional engagement alone could not—and how it strengthens values-based, impact-oriented decision-making across the organization.

This webinar is for practitioners seeking engagement that does more than invite—it enables.

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:15 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:15 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:15 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:15 am Pacific

About the presenters:

Maral Hamayeli is a Senior Public Engagement Advisor with the City of Edmonton, bringing over ten years of international and Canadian experience in participatory planning and digital engagement. She holds an MA in Digital Humanities from the University of Alberta and focuses on equity-driven, trauma-informed, and data-informed practices. Maral supports major City initiatives and helps strengthen organizational engagement capacity across the public service.

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Sep 2026)

Tue, 01 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Sep 2026)

Tue, 01 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Sep 2026)

Wed, 02 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Sep 2026)

Wed, 02 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Sep 2026)

Tue, 08 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Sep 2026)

Tue, 08 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (08 Sep 2026)

Tue, 08 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

This is a 14-hour, trainer-led Delaney Virtual Academy. Zoom, Miro, and a digital course workbook are used, in addition to other applications, to make this a highly interactive and skills-based session. There are four, three and a half-hour sessions over four consecutive days. A course certificate is provided upon completion. Each daily session runs 9:30 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time; 12:30 p.m. – 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney, CP3 is a seasoned engagement and communications leader with more than 25 years of experience working across government, private, and not-for-profit sectors. She has led and provided strategic oversight for more than 100 complex public participation and communications projects across Canada, often in high-stakes and multi-party contexts. Prior to her current role, Jessica held senior communications positions with the Resort Municipality of Whistler and the District of West Vancouver. Her practice spans public participation, facilitation, strategic communications, change management, and organizational learning, with particular depth in municipal governance, housing, and Indigenous engagement.

Jessica brings a strong learning and coaching lens to her work, supported by formal training in organizational coaching, Indigenous cultural safety, and First Nations information governance. Known for her collaborative and practical facilitation style, she works closely with staff, elected officials, interested and impacted parties, and Indigenous communities to navigate complexity, build shared understanding, and support informed decision-making. She is a Certified Public Participation Professional (CP3), a licensed IAP2 trainer, a Certified Professional Facilitator (CPF) through the International Association for Facilitation (IAF), and a Certified Organizational Coach (COC) through UBC.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Sep 2026)

Wed, 09 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Sep 2026)

Wed, 09 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Sep 2026)

Thu, 10 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Sep 2026)

Thu, 10 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 Sep 2026)

Fri, 11 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (11 Sep 2026)

Fri, 11 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (14 Sep 2026)

Mon, 14 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Jessica Delaney, CP3 is a seasoned engagement and communications leader with more than 25 years of experience working across government, private, and not-for-profit sectors. She has led and provided strategic oversight for more than 100 complex public participation and communications projects across Canada, often in high-stakes and multi-party contexts. Prior to her current role, Jessica held senior communications positions with the Resort Municipality of Whistler and the District of West Vancouver. Her practice spans public participation, facilitation, strategic communications, change management, and organizational learning, with particular depth in municipal governance, housing, and Indigenous engagement.

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Neill (21 Sep 2026)

Mon, 21 Sep 2026 15:00:00 GMT

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Dates:

September 21, 22, 24

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$750.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle for Level 1 Practitioners - In-Person, in Vancouver - Hosted by Engage Delaney (21 Sep 2026)

Mon, 21 Sep 2026 15:30:00 GMT

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement (7 hours; Level 1)

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement (14 hours; Level 2)

3. Applying Methods (14 hours; Level 2)

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training program delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer. It is delivered in person in Vancouver, BC by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

$2150.00 + tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by McCallum (21 Sep 2026)

Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499 + applicable tax

Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum is a facilitator, coach, trainer and leader of the most difficult conversations of our lives, and the Chief Storm Rider at the Courageous Leadership Project. She is author of the recently released book Leading Together: How Brave, Honest Conversations Can Transform Our Lives, Organizations and Communities (available November 17, 2022). With her heart on her sleeve and a deep breath for courage, she wades into the messy, important, beautiful conversations that can bring us together - or tear us apart. Her work in conflict transformation has taken her to 5 continents, leading brave, honest conversations to solve the challenges in our lives, organizations and communities – together. Steph is a trained Co-Active Leadership coach, a Certified Professional Facilitator and a Certified NeuroTransformational Coach. She is an IAP2 Trainer, course developer and co-lead of curriculum development for the new IAP2 Global Learning Pathway being launched in 2023. Steph believes that brave, honest conversations are how we solve the challenges in our world, together.

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Sep 2026)

Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Sep 2026)

Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Sep 2026)

Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Sep 2026)

Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by McCallum (23 Sep 2026)

Wed, 23 Sep 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499 + applicable tax

Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Sep 2026)

Wed, 23 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Sep 2026)

Wed, 23 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Sep 2026)

Thu, 24 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Sep 2026)

Thu, 24 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

01 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

08 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
11 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

21 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
23 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Webinar - Barbershop Banter and Language Links: Increasing Awareness of Public Engagement Among Immigrant and Newcomer Communities (24 Sep 2026)

Thu, 24 Sep 2026 17:00:00 GMT

Barbershop Banter and Language Links: Increasing Awareness of Public Engagement Among Immigrant and Newcomer Communities

This webinar focuses on what was learned during a project to reduce barriers to participation/engagement with immigrant and new Canadian community members within the City of Edmonton. The project used a number of tactics to gather input from immigrants and new Canadians, such as:

Leveraging relationships and sharing information with community organizations that represent marginalized voices.
Providing translation services at engagement events.
Ensuring communication materials were written at and not above a grade 1 reading level.
Providing compensation to community members who hosted engagement events at their barbershops and salons.
Offering food, often cultural, at each engagement event.
Offering short, take-home document formats for participants with time constraints so they can conveniently provide and submit feedback on their own time.

The input gathered told a story about how immigrants and new Canadians want to provide input to the City. Key learnings that will be shared include:

Utilize existing City resources, build on pre-existing relationships, be honest about your project, outcomes, and approach. Internal surveys and interviews, met with internal partners
Why do you want to engage? Tangible resources, ample time, engagement budget
Meaningful change as a result of engagement. Impact on engaged communities that is meaningful and tangible
Prioritize lived and living experience. Attended community events, have representation within and outside of project
Trauma-informed community conversations. Soft skills, trained professionals, provided food and gifts
Meaningful interactions. Attended community events, warm hand intros, phoned, coffee meetings
Translations. Recruited internally as appropriate, external partners, 1st grade reading level

Time Zones

01:00 pm - 02:15 pm Eastern
12:00 pm - 01:15 pm Central
11:00 pm - 12:15 pm Mountain
10:00 am - 11:15 am Pacific

About the presenters:

Lyndsay Ward has over 15 years of experience within public participation and engagement with a Bachelors in Communications, Diploma in Public Relations, Certificate in Facilitative Mediation and numerous IAP2 coursework. She has been working at the City of Edmonton building and transforming the engagement capacity of the City for the past 11 years.

Applying Methods - Hosted by Neill (25 Sep 2026)

Fri, 25 Sep 2026 15:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Dates:

September 25, 28, 29

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$750.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by McCallum (28 Sep 2026)

Mon, 28 Sep 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499 + applicable tax

Licensed Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 Sep 2026)

Mon, 28 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 Sep 2026)

Mon, 28 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (28 Sep 2026)

Mon, 28 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Specialized course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by McCallum (29 Sep 2026)

Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Ways in Challenging Contexts, or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$499 + applicable tax

Licensed Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Sep 2026)

Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Sep 2026)

Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 Oct 2026)

Mon, 05 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 Oct 2026)

Mon, 05 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (05 Oct 2026)

Mon, 05 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 Oct 2026)

Tue, 06 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Facilitating Groups - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 Oct 2026)

Tue, 06 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes

By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

People beginning to facilitate in their P2/engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (06 Oct 2026)

Tue, 06 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Oct 2026)

Wed, 07 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Facilitating Groups - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Oct 2026)

Wed, 07 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes

By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

People beginning to facilitate in their P2/engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Oct 2026)

Wed, 07 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Oct 2026)

Thu, 08 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Oct 2026)

Thu, 08 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

(FR) Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (13 Oct 2026)

Tue, 13 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prérequis pour "Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique", et pour "Appliquer les méthodes" (pour les praticiens de niveau 1) - Certificat de l'AIP2 Canada en participation publique. En Savoir plus.

Ce cours met l'accent sur la compréhension et l'application des pratiques de participation publique (P2) significative et efficace. La formation explore les principes, les concepts et les meilleures pratiques, ainsi que la manière de concevoir et d'appliquer ces connaissances à votre travail de participation et de mobilisation du public.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Définir la participation publique ainsi que les termes connexes et ce qui la rend unique.
Identifier ce qui rend la participation publique significative.
Réfléchir aux avantages, aux risques et aux mythes liés à la participation publique.
Identifier et discuter des cinq fondements de l'AIP2 dans leur application au travail de participation publique.
Identifier le rôle joué par les valeurs (sept valeurs essentielles) dans le travail de participation publique, ainsi que les attributs de leadership qui les serviront dans leur pratique.
Comprendre le Spectrum de la participation publique de l'AIP2 et la justification de l'intensification croissante en fonction de l'impact des décisions.
Réfléchir sur et appliquer des actions et des capacités de leadership éthiques aux situations de participation publique.
Appliquer le modèle de profil de participation publique et explorer la mobilisation dirigée par l'organisation et dirigée par la communauté, ainsi que son impact sur le processus de participation.
Réfléchir sur et appliquer les principes de l'équité, de la diversité et de l'inclusion, et explorer le rôle du pouvoir et de l'influence, ainsi que leurs impacts sur l'approche de la participation publique.
Appliquer le Spectrum de l'AIP2 aux situations de participation publique.
Explorer le cadre de pratique (conception, planification, mise en œuvre, apprentissage) en tant qu'outil pour une planification et un processus efficaces, et évaluer la qualité du processus.

Public cible :

Nouveaux praticiens commençant leur parcours en participation publique.
Toute personne travaillant dans le domaine ou un domaine connexe qui souhaite comprendre et appliquer les fondements de la pratique significative et efficace de la participation publique.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Il n'y a pas de prérequis.

Notre formateur:

Hugo Mimee, CP3, Professionnel de la participation publique, a une solide expérience de plus de 25 ans comme professionnel en participation citoyenne et consultation publique, mais aussi en relations avec les communautés et en animation et facilitation de rencontres. Hugo est formateur en participation publique, notamment dans des contextes difficiles et s’intéresse particulièrement à l’intégration sociale des projets dans leurs communautés d’accueil.

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (13 Oct 2026)

Tue, 13 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Basé sur le parcours d'apprentissage mondial reconnu internationalement par l'AIP2, ce programme de certificat de développement professionnel s'appuie sur les fondements de la formation à la participation publique et sur les meilleures pratiques du monde entier pour offrir aux participants environ 35 heures de formation efficace en participation publique.

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Applying Methods - Hosted by Engage Delaney (13 Oct 2026)

Tue, 13 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

(FR) Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (14 Oct 2026)

Wed, 14 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Définir la participation publique ainsi que les termes connexes et ce qui la rend unique.
Identifier ce qui rend la participation publique significative.
Réfléchir aux avantages, aux risques et aux mythes liés à la participation publique.
Identifier et discuter des cinq fondements de l'AIP2 dans leur application au travail de participation publique.
Identifier le rôle joué par les valeurs (sept valeurs essentielles) dans le travail de participation publique, ainsi que les attributs de leadership qui les serviront dans leur pratique.
Comprendre le Spectrum de la participation publique de l'AIP2 et la justification de l'intensification croissante en fonction de l'impact des décisions.
Réfléchir sur et appliquer des actions et des capacités de leadership éthiques aux situations de participation publique.
Appliquer le modèle de profil de participation publique et explorer la mobilisation dirigée par l'organisation et dirigée par la communauté, ainsi que son impact sur le processus de participation.
Réfléchir sur et appliquer les principes de l'équité, de la diversité et de l'inclusion, et explorer le rôle du pouvoir et de l'influence, ainsi que leurs impacts sur l'approche de la participation publique.
Appliquer le Spectrum de l'AIP2 aux situations de participation publique.
Explorer le cadre de pratique (conception, planification, mise en œuvre, apprentissage) en tant qu'outil pour une planification et un processus efficaces, et évaluer la qualité du processus.

Public cible :

Nouveaux praticiens commençant leur parcours en participation publique.
Toute personne travaillant dans le domaine ou un domaine connexe qui souhaite comprendre et appliquer les fondements de la pratique significative et efficace de la participation publique.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Il n'y a pas de prérequis.

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (14 Oct 2026)

Wed, 14 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (19 Oct 2026)

Mon, 19 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (19 Oct 2026)

Mon, 19 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (19 Oct 2026)

Mon, 19 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (20 Oct 2026)

Tue, 20 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (20 Oct 2026)

Tue, 20 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Oct 2026)

Wed, 21 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (21 Oct 2026)

Wed, 21 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Oct 2026)

Thu, 22 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Steph Roy McCallum

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (22 Oct 2026)

Thu, 22 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

28 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
29 September 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

05 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
06 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
07 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

19 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
20 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
21 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
22 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (26 Oct 2026)

Mon, 26 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (26 Oct 2026)

Mon, 26 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized Course - Working with Conflict and High Emotion - Hosted by Engage Delaney (27 Oct 2026)

Tue, 27 Oct 2026 04:30:00 GMT

Course Objectives:

Assess the state of conflict and emotion in the P2/engagement process and identify how to address it to create productive and constructive approaches
Work with the stages of conflict escalation and apply the concepts of de-escalation
Apply a variety of strategies to transform the conflict in P2/engagement practice
Identify the impact of high emotion and apply a range of approaches to de-escalate P2/engagement challenges
Identify how to reduce conflict in situations of misinformation and duelling facts
Apply the principles of story-telling to connect people to each other, increase understanding and reduce conflict
Learn from mistakes and understand the role of failure in P2/engagement processes
Identify and apply how to model integrity and behaviours that de-escalate conflict
Apply the strategies

Target Audience:

Intermediate level practitioners who are leading and managing P2/engagement processes with challenges, scope and scale
Intermediate to advanced practitioners looking for tools and strategies to apply to a polarized, charged P2/engagement environment
Practitioners with experience in P2/engagement processes where is conflict and/or high emotion

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada training course delivered externally by an IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations' program.

Cost:

$795.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (27 Oct 2026)

Tue, 27 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (27 Oct 2026)

Tue, 27 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized Course - Understanding People and Communities - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (28 Oct 2026)

Wed, 28 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify and apply an approach for understanding people and communities for P2/Engagement processes
Reflect on factors of cultural competence and cultural humility and assess your practice and approach against the factors to identify areas of strength and growth
Apply a variety of analysis and mapping tools to understand diversity and map values
Identify ways to increase access and centre equity by reducing barriers to participation
Reflect on how to build rapport, trust and relationships with people and communities and apply and assess approaches in a P2/engagement scenario
Assess and apply diversity and values mapping to planning and implementation of meaningful and effective P2/engagement across the Practice Framework

Target Audience:

Practitioners building their skills to contribute to meaningful P2/engagement processes

Practitioners who want to understand and apply aspects of equity, diversity and inclusion to their P2/engagement programs

Practitioners and allied professionals who are looking to build their skills in understanding who to engage in meaningful P2/engagement

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program

Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Understanding People and Communities - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (29 Oct 2026)

Thu, 29 Oct 2026 16:30:00 GMT

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify and apply an approach for understanding people and communities for P2/Engagement processes
Reflect on factors of cultural competence and cultural humility and assess your practice and approach against the factors to identify areas of strength and growth
Apply a variety of analysis and mapping tools to understand diversity and map values
Identify ways to increase access and centre equity by reducing barriers to participation
Reflect on how to build rapport, trust and relationships with people and communities and apply and assess approaches in a P2/engagement scenario
Assess and apply diversity and values mapping to planning and implementation of meaningful and effective P2/engagement across the Practice Framework

Target Audience:

Practitioners building their skills to contribute to meaningful P2/engagement processes

Practitioners who want to understand and apply aspects of equity, diversity and inclusion to their P2/engagement programs

Practitioners and allied professionals who are looking to build their skills in understanding who to engage in meaningful P2/engagement

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous foundations program

Licensed Trainer:

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Nov 2026)

Mon, 02 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (02 Nov 2026)

Mon, 02 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (02 Nov 2026)

Mon, 02 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Nov 2026)

Mon, 02 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (02 Nov 2026)

Mon, 02 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (03 Nov 2026)

Tue, 03 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (03 Nov 2026)

Tue, 03 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (03 Nov 2026)

Tue, 03 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (03 Nov 2026)

Tue, 03 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Quinn-Nichols (03 Nov 2026)

Tue, 03 Nov 2026 23:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online and hosted by a licensed trainer

Course Dates:

November 3, 10, 17 & 24

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered online. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by IAP2 licensed trainers.

Cost:

$350.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (04 Nov 2026)

Wed, 04 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (04 Nov 2026)

Wed, 04 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (04 Nov 2026)

Wed, 04 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (04 Nov 2026)

Wed, 04 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 Nov 2026)

Thu, 05 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

(FR) Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (05 Nov 2026)

Thu, 05 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront capables de concevoir un processus de participation et de planifier pour un scénario du monde réel, notamment :

Planifier clairement la portée du travail, du problème ou de l'opportunité avec des éléments négociables et non négociables identifiés.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des parties prenantes, une cartographie communautaire et une analyse d'équité.
Identifier les rôles appropriés et les niveaux d'influence des acteurs clés.
Établir un objectif de mobilisation clair et des objectifs, ainsi que des critères/mesures de succès adaptés au scénario.
Identifier des profils de mobilisation pertinents.
Effectuer une analyse détaillée des risques/opportunités.
Choisir et séquencer des méthodes appropriées (en personne et numériques) et identifier des tactiques de communication adaptées au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés des leaders seniors et des décideurs.
Explorer les principes et les approches en matière d'équité, de diversité et d'inclusion et les appliquer à l'analyse des parties prenantes.
Intégrer des stratégies, plates-formes et méthodes numériques dans le plan et le processus.
Développer un cadre d'évaluation adapté au scénario.
Identifier les rôles clés et les ressources nécessaires pour mettre en œuvre le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Développer et appliquer une approche appropriée aux leaders seniors qui garantira leur engagement et leurs ressources pour le plan de participation et d'engagement du public.
Identifier les nombreux contextes de participation du public, y compris les éléments présents dans des scénarios de mobilisation de publique plus complexes.

Public cible :

Ce cours s'adresse aux praticiens qui dirigent la planification et la mise en œuvre des processus de participation et de pratique de l'engagement du public, ainsi qu'aux participants impliqués dans la conception et la planification de ces processus.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2). En Savoir plus.

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (05 Nov 2026)

Thu, 05 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (05 Nov 2026)

Thu, 05 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (09 Nov 2026)

Mon, 09 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (16 Nov 2026)

Mon, 16 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (16 Nov 2026)

Mon, 16 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by Engage Delaney (16 Nov 2026)

Mon, 16 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (17 Nov 2026)

Tue, 17 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (17 Nov 2026)

Tue, 17 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - In-Person, in Calgary - Hosted by Shaw (18 Nov 2026)

Wed, 18 Nov 2026 16:00:00 GMT

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses:

Register Now!

1. Fundamentals of Public Participation & Engagement (7 hours)

2. Designing Public Participation & Engagement (14 hours)

3. Applying Methods (14 hours)

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in Calgary, AB. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$2,000.00 + applicable tax,

Our Licensed Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - In-Person, in Calgary - Hosted by A. Shaw (18 Nov 2026)

Wed, 18 Nov 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in person in Calgary, AB. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$425.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Gay Robinson, CP3 has over 30 years’ experience in public consultation, facilitation and stakeholder relations. Throughout her career she has been drawn to working with clients who realize the benefits of involving stakeholders in decision-making.

After a successful career in government, not-for-profit, education and the private sector, Gay opened her consulting practice in 1999. Her client list includes energy companies, regulators, community groups, local governments, not-for-profits and industry associations. Based in Alberta, Canada, much of her work is in the energy sector, pushing to raise the bar and establish best practices for stakeholder engagement. Gay has facilitated a number of multi-stakeholder groups and is active in Synergy Alberta – a network of grassroots community groups working on oil and gas related issues.

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (18 Nov 2026)

Wed, 18 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (18 Nov 2026)

Wed, 18 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - In-Person, in Calgary - Hosted by A. Shaw and K. Neill (19 Nov 2026)

Thu, 19 Nov 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in person in Calgary, AB. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Cost:

$850.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (19 Nov 2026)

Thu, 19 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (19 Nov 2026)

Thu, 19 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

26 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
27 October 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

02 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
04 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
05 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

16 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
17 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
18 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
19 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - In-Person, in Calgary - Hosted by Shaw & Neill (23 Nov 2026)

Mon, 23 Nov 2026 16:00:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Register Now!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This course is delivered in person in Calgary, AB. This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

$850.00 + applicable tax

Our Licensed Trainers:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Nov 2026)

Mon, 23 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (23 Nov 2026)

Mon, 23 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Nov 2026)

Tue, 24 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (24 Nov 2026)

Tue, 24 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Specialized course: Making Meaning in P2 and Engagement: Data Analysis, Evaluation & Reporting - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (25 Nov 2026)

Wed, 25 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

The focus of this course is on the collection, analysis, use, and reporting back of input collected through P2/engagement, and evaluation of, and reporting on, success of P2/engagement processes.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course participants will be able to:

Identify considerations for ensuring the integrity of managing and analyzing P2/engagement data
Explain qualitative and quantitative approaches to data analysis
Analyse qualitative data to theme and interpret meaning
Define the purpose for evaluation P2/engagement
Describe the approach to evaluating P2/engagement
Explain what to consider and include in effectively reporting back on P2/engagement
Reflect on potential challenges and strategies to upholding integrity throughout data management, data analysis, evaluation and reporting back

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Completion of either the Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts, or the previous Foundations program is required to enroll in this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course: Making Meaning in P2 and Engagement: Data Analysis, Evaluation & Reporting - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (26 Nov 2026)

Thu, 26 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

The focus of this course is on the collection, analysis, use, and reporting back of input collected through P2/engagement, and evaluation of, and reporting on, success of P2/engagement processes.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course participants will be able to:

Identify considerations for ensuring the integrity of managing and analyzing P2/engagement data
Explain qualitative and quantitative approaches to data analysis
Analyse qualitative data to theme and interpret meaning
Define the purpose for evaluation P2/engagement
Describe the approach to evaluating P2/engagement
Explain what to consider and include in effectively reporting back on P2/engagement
Reflect on potential challenges and strategies to upholding integrity throughout data management, data analysis, evaluation and reporting back

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Completion of either the Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts, or the previous Foundations program is required to enroll in this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Nov 2026)

Mon, 30 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Gay Robinson, CP3 has over 30 years’ experience in public consultation, facilitation, and community relations. Throughout her career, she has been drawn to working with clients who realize the benefits of involving people and communities in decision-making.

After a successful career in government, not-for-profit, education, and the private sector, Gay opened her consulting practice in 1999. Her client list includes school divisions, regulators, community groups, provincial and local governments, not-for-profits and industry associations. Based in Alberta, much of her recent work is in the public sector, pushing to raise the bar and establish best practices for community engagement.

Gay is an active member of IAP2 – as a licensed trainer since 2005 and in various leadership roles regionally, nationally, and internationally. She is an IAP2 Canada Certified Public Participation Professional (CP3) and has served as an assessor for this professional certification program. After over a decade on the IAP2 Wild Rose Chapter board, she was appointed to the IAP2 Federation board as an IAP2 Canada representative. She is the current Chair of the Federation board.

Specialized course - Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in P2/Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Nov 2026)

Mon, 30 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) in P2/engagement is a Level 2 course which will enhance practitioners’ understanding of key DEI concepts and their relevance to P2/engagement.

The course will help participants identify power imbalances and other barriers to inclusive and equitable engagement. Participants will have the opportunity to develop an Equity Lens for P2/engagement which they can apply to the planning, design and implementation of P2/engagement processes.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify the impacts of exclusion and inequity on P2/engagement processes and decision making
Enhance understanding of the terms diversity, equity and inclusion relative to P2/engagement
Explore how individual biases and stereotypes become embedded in systems and lead to systemic discrimination and marginalisation
Critically reflect on how practitioner identities and social location might impact P2/engagement
Reflect on concepts of power, privilege and intersectionality and their relevance to designing and implementing P2/engagement
Identify strategies for decolonising P2/engagement
Develop and apply an Equity Lens for P2/engagement

Target Audience:

Participants working in P2/engagement who already have some basic experience and/or understanding of DEI

Level 2 practitioners, those:

leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous IAP2 Foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Tanushree Pillai is a passionate anti-racism educator with a background in journalism, communications, and public engagement. A dedicated social justice advocate, she consistently challenges the status quo and advocates for a fairer world for all children of color. As a parent, she is deeply committed to creating a just and equitable environment for future generations.

Tanushree has over 20 years of experience in journalism, communications, and public engagement. She has planned and implemented engagements using both in-person and virtual engagement techniques for sectors like government, transportation, non-profit, and education. She focuses her work on amplifying the voices of equity-denied groups and pursuing racial equity and justice across all sectors of society. Tanushree's experience includes planning both virtual and in-person engagement, workshops and focus groups, media relations, vendor management, report writing, and developing communications and engagement plans.

She is also the co-chair of IAP2 Canada's DEI Community of Practice where she brings in case studies and speakers to highlight meaningful engagement.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (30 Nov 2026)

Mon, 30 Nov 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Dec 2026)

Tue, 01 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course - Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in P2/Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Dec 2026)

Tue, 01 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) in P2/engagement is a Level 2 course which will enhance practitioners’ understanding of key DEI concepts and their relevance to P2/engagement.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify the impacts of exclusion and inequity on P2/engagement processes and decision making
Enhance understanding of the terms diversity, equity and inclusion relative to P2/engagement
Explore how individual biases and stereotypes become embedded in systems and lead to systemic discrimination and marginalisation
Critically reflect on how practitioner identities and social location might impact P2/engagement
Reflect on concepts of power, privilege and intersectionality and their relevance to designing and implementing P2/engagement
Identify strategies for decolonising P2/engagement
Develop and apply an Equity Lens for P2/engagement

Target Audience:

Participants working in P2/engagement who already have some basic experience and/or understanding of DEI

Level 2 practitioners, those:

leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous IAP2 Foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

She is also the co-chair of IAP2 Canada's DEI Community of Practice where she brings in case studies and speakers to highlight meaningful engagement.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (01 Dec 2026)

Tue, 01 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (01 Dec 2026)

Tue, 01 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Dec 2026)

Wed, 02 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course - Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in P2/Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Dec 2026)

Wed, 02 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) in P2/engagement is a Level 2 course which will enhance practitioners’ understanding of key DEI concepts and their relevance to P2/engagement.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify the impacts of exclusion and inequity on P2/engagement processes and decision making
Enhance understanding of the terms diversity, equity and inclusion relative to P2/engagement
Explore how individual biases and stereotypes become embedded in systems and lead to systemic discrimination and marginalisation
Critically reflect on how practitioner identities and social location might impact P2/engagement
Reflect on concepts of power, privilege and intersectionality and their relevance to designing and implementing P2/engagement
Identify strategies for decolonising P2/engagement
Develop and apply an Equity Lens for P2/engagement

Target Audience:

Participants working in P2/engagement who already have some basic experience and/or understanding of DEI

Level 2 practitioners, those:

leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous IAP2 Foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

She is also the co-chair of IAP2 Canada's DEI Community of Practice where she brings in case studies and speakers to highlight meaningful engagement.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (02 Dec 2026)

Wed, 02 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (03 Dec 2026)

Thu, 03 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

Online -Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized course - Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion in P2/Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (03 Dec 2026)

Thu, 03 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) in P2/engagement is a Level 2 course which will enhance practitioners’ understanding of key DEI concepts and their relevance to P2/engagement.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify the impacts of exclusion and inequity on P2/engagement processes and decision making
Enhance understanding of the terms diversity, equity and inclusion relative to P2/engagement
Explore how individual biases and stereotypes become embedded in systems and lead to systemic discrimination and marginalisation
Critically reflect on how practitioner identities and social location might impact P2/engagement
Reflect on concepts of power, privilege and intersectionality and their relevance to designing and implementing P2/engagement
Identify strategies for decolonising P2/engagement
Develop and apply an Equity Lens for P2/engagement

Target Audience:

Participants working in P2/engagement who already have some basic experience and/or understanding of DEI

Level 2 practitioners, those:

leading the planning and implementation of P2/engagement processes.
managing teams and planning operations where there is some risk and complexity.
managing key relationships for the P2/engagement processes, be able to troubleshoot, fix problems and implement change in processes as they are needed.
Working as a consultant in the sector leading the P2/engagement processes

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental in P2 and Engagement or any course from the previous IAP2 Foundations program.

Our Licensed Trainer:

She is also the co-chair of IAP2 Canada's DEI Community of Practice where she brings in case studies and speakers to highlight meaningful engagement.

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (03 Dec 2026)

Thu, 03 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Dec 2026)

Mon, 07 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (07 Dec 2026)

Mon, 07 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (07 Dec 2026)

Mon, 07 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (07 Dec 2026)

Mon, 07 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Designing P2 and Engagement - Hosted by Engage Delaney (07 Dec 2026)

Mon, 07 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to design an engagement process and plan for a real-world scenario, including:

Plan a clear scope of the work, problem or opportunity with identified negotiables and non-negotiables
Conduct detailed stakeholder analysis, community mapping and equity analysis
Identify appropriate roles and levels of influence for key players
Establish clear engagement purpose and objectives and success criteria/measures to suit the scenario
Identify relevant profiles of engagement
Conduct a detailed risk/opportunities analysis
Choose and sequence appropriate methods (in-person and digital) and identify communication tactics to suit the scenario
Identify key roles for senior leaders and decision makers
Explore principles and approaches for equity, diversity and inclusion and apply them to stakeholder analysis
Embed digital strategies, platforms, and methods as part of the plan and process
Develop an evaluation framework to suit the scenario
Identify key roles and resources needed to implement the P2/engagement plan
Develop and apply a suitable pitch to senior leaders that will secure commitment and resources for the P2/engagement plan
Identify the many different contexts of engagement including the elements present in more complex engagement scenarios

Target Audience:

Practitioners who are leading the planning and implementation of public participation and engagement practice processes
Participants who will be involved in the design and planning of public participation and engagement practice processes

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is a prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Dec 2026)

Tue, 08 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (08 Dec 2026)

Tue, 08 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (08 Dec 2026)

Tue, 08 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (08 Dec 2026)

Tue, 08 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Dec 2026)

Wed, 09 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (09 Dec 2026)

Wed, 09 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (09 Dec 2026)

Wed, 09 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (09 Dec 2026)

Wed, 09 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Applying Methods - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Dec 2026)

Thu, 10 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Our Licensed Trainers:

(FR) AIP2 - Application des méthodes - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (10 Dec 2026)

Thu, 10 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

"Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1)" ou "Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2)" est requis en tant que préalable à ce cours. En Savoir plus.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Objectifs du cours:

À la fin de ce cours, les participants seront en mesure de :

Identifier une gamme de méthodes pouvant être utilisées à diverses fins et processus de mobilisation, ainsi que des stratégies pour sélectionner la méthode ou les méthodes les plus appropriées pour un projet ou un processus de participation publique.
Rechercher, concevoir et tester une méthode en face à face et/ou en ligne en utilisant divers outils et ressources
Appliquer les quatre étapes de la conception d'une méthode pour incorporer les huit composants clés de la conception de la méthode
Élaborer des objectifs rationnels et expérientiels
Concevoir un format approprié
Concevoir des questions et des processus
Développer des communications appropriées
Combiner des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation de publique, et tester le séquençage approprié
Incorporer des principes d'inclusivité et de diversité
Identifier les besoins en gestion des données, les points d'évaluation et les mesures
Identifier les ressources nécessaires
Explorer une variété de méthodes/techniques F2F et en ligne qui sont des processus plus structurés et qui ont des méthodes imbriquées en leur sein (par exemple, les processus délibératifs, l'enquête appréciative et la technologie de l'espace ouvert).
Analyser les exigences spécifiques de participation publique pour les méthodes en ligne et numériques, identifier et sélectionner les plates-formes et les outils appropriés pour répondre aux besoins, et élaborer des stratégies pour séquencer ces méthodes de mise en œuvre
Identifier les principes de surveillance de l'activité en ligne.
Tester la conception en exécutant des éléments de la méthode et en soumettant ceux-ci à un examen par les pairs en utilisant une liste de contrôle.
Appliquer des méthodes pour atteindre les objectifs et les objectifs de mobilisation du public, notamment en utilisant des compétences de communication efficaces, et tester le séquençage approprié
Concevoir des messages clés et savoir comment utiliser des outils de communication qui renforcent la confiance et l'intégrité, et répondent aux besoins de divers publics

Public cible :

Praticiens ayant une certaine expérience de la pratique de la participation et de mobilisation du public et souhaitant consolider leurs connaissances et compétences.

Modalité de cours :

En ligne et offert par l'AIP2 Canada.

Prérequis :

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (Niveau 1) ou Bonnes pratiques de l'AIP2 en contextes difficiles (Niveau 2).

Notre formateur:

Hugo amène les gens à collaborer dans différents types de projets (urbanisme, environnement, transport, aménagement du territoire, développement régional, énergie, sports et loisirs, culture). Il a animé des centaines de rencontres publiques, ateliers, groupes de travail et comités autant pour Hydro-Québec qu’avec son entreprise individuelle Table ronde Participation publique.

Hugo est également chargé de cours à l’Université de Sherbrooke à la maîtrise en environnement, membre de l’Ordre des urbanistes du Québec et de l’Institut canadien des urbanistes.

Hugo aide les gens à mieux communiquer, à bien se comprendre et à trouver ensemble des solutions!

(FR) Certificat en participation publique (P2) Programme de formation - Forfait - Offert par l'AIP2 Canada (10 Dec 2026)

Thu, 10 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Remise groupée et remise pour inscription anticipée disponible pour ce forfait !

Le Certificat en participation publique (P2) de l'AIP2 Canada pour les participants débutants (niveau 1) se compose de 3 cours de base :

Note: Les membres doivent être connectés pour accéder aux tarifs membres.

Principes fondamentaux de la participation publique (2 sessions)

13 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
14 octobre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Planifier la participation et la mobilisation publique (4 sessions)

02 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
03 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
04 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
05 novembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

Appliquer les méthodes (4 sessions)

07 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
08 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
09 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)
10 décembre 2026, 12h30 - 16h00 (HE)

À la réussite du Certificat en participation publique, les participants reçoivent un "Certificat de réalisation" pour reconnaître leur réussite et attester de leurs heures de formation.

Politique d'annulation et de remboursement

Pour en savoir plus sur le Certificat en Participation Publique de l'AIP2 Canada

Certificate in Public Participation Training Program - Bundle - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (10 Dec 2026)

Thu, 10 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Bundle Discount & Early Bird Discount Available for this Package!

IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation (P2) for introductory (Level 1) participants consists of 3 core courses, hosted by IAP2 Canada:

Note: Members must be logged in to access member pricing

Dates:

Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (2 sessions)

23 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
24 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Designing Public Participation & Engagement (4 sessions)

30 November 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
01 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
02 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
03 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Applying Methods (4 sessions)

07 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
08 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
09 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)
10 December 2026, 12:30 PM - 4:00 PM (EDT)

Upon successful completion of the Certificate in Public Participation, participants receive a "Certificate of Completion" to acknowledge their accomplishment and verify their training hours.

Is one of the course dates not suitable for you?

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Learn more about the IAP2 Canada's Certificate in Public Participation

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (14 Dec 2026)

Mon, 14 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Applying Methods - Hosted by Engage Delaney (14 Dec 2026)

Mon, 14 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Either "Fundamentals of Public Participation and Engagement (Level 1 practitioners)" or "IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts (Level 2 practitioners)" is a prerequisite for this course. Learn more

Bundle Discount Available!

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Identify a range of methods that can be used for various engagement purposes and processes, and strategies to select the most appropriate method/s for an engagement project/process
Research, design and test a face to face and/or online method using a range of tools and resources
Apply the four steps of designing a method to incorporate the eight key components of method design
Develop rational and experiential aims
Design an appropriate format
Design questions and process
Develop appropriate communications
Combine methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives and test for appropriate sequencing
Incorporate inclusivity and diversity principles
Identify data management needs, evaluation points and measures
Identify resources required
Explore a variety of both face to face and online methods/techniques that include a nested structure of different methods (e.g. deliberative processes, Appreciative Inquiry, Open Space Technology)
Analyze the specific engagement requirements for online and digital methods, identify and select appropriate platforms and tools to meet needs, and strategies to sequence these methods for delivery
Identify principles for monitoring online activity
Test the design by running elements of the method and submitting for peer review using a checklist
Apply methods to achieve engagement goals and objectives including using effective communication skills, and test for appropriate sequencing
Design key messages and know how to use communication tools that build trust and integrity, and meet the needs of diverse audiences

Target Audience:

Practitioners with some public participation and engagement practice experience who are looking to cement their knowledge and skills

Course Delivery:

This is an IAP2 Canada core training course delivered externally by a IAP2 licensed trainer.

Prerequisite:

Fundamental of P2 and Engagement is the level 1 prerequisite for this course.

Learn more

Cost:

Our Licensed Trainers:

Kristi Merilees is an experienced public engagement and communications professional with over 20 years' of experience working in municipal government and public sector environments.

Learn more at https://www.engagedelaney.com/

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (15 Dec 2026)

Tue, 15 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

Prerequisite for Designing P2 and Engagement and Applying Methods (for Level 1 practitioners) - IAP2 Canada Certificate in Public Participation.
Learn more

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

Define public participation and engagement and related terms and what makes it unique
Identify what makes public participation and engagement meaningful
Reflect on the benefits, risks and myths related to public participation and engagement
Identify and discuss IAP2 five core foundations in their application to public participation and engagement work
Identify the role that values (seven core values) play in public participation and engagement work and the leadership attributes that will serve them as they practice
Understand the IAP2 Spectrum of Public Participation and rationale for the increasing intensity as decision impacts
Reflect on and apply ethical leadership actions and abilities to public participation and engagement situations
Apply the Profiles of public participation and engagement model to public participation and engagement and explore organization-led and community-led engagement and how that impacts the engagement process
Reflect on and apply the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion and explore the role of power and influence and its impacts on the approach to public participation and engagement
Apply the IAP2 spectrum to public participation and engagement situations and practice
Explore the Practice Framework (design, plan, implement, learn) as a tool for effective planning and process, and assess the quality of the process

Target Audience:

New practitioners beginning their journey in engagement
Anyone working in the field or a related field who wants to understand and apply the fundamentals of meaningful and effective public participation and engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

There is no prerequisite.

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Facilitating Groups - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (16 Dec 2026)

Wed, 16 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes

By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

People beginning to facilitate in their P2/engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program

Our Licensed Trainer:

Specialized Course - Facilitating Groups - Hosted by IAP2 Canada (17 Dec 2026)

Thu, 17 Dec 2026 17:30:00 GMT

The Aim of this course is to develop the skill and confidence to facilitate live events

Cancellation and Refund Policy

Interested in the course but haven't completed the prerequisite?

Course Objectives:

Examine the framework and purpose of facilitation in an engagement context
Build a repertoire of tools and processes
Practise some core skills
Troubleshoot specific challenges
Explore the changes needed for facilitation of digital engagement processes

By the end of this module you will have enhanced your ability to respond appropriately, generating confidence in, and support for, your facilitation approach.

Target Audience:

People beginning to facilitate in their P2/engagement practice

Course Delivery:

Online - Trainer Led | Hosted by IAP2 Canada.

Prerequisite:

Fundamentals of P2 and Engagement, the IAP2 Way in Challenging Contexts or any course from the previous foundations' program